forked from Imagelibrary/binutils-gdb
6f5ee7a3e9
Give backends a chance to see these, just as they can see binary ones. Most of those which use this hook already cope with NULL being passed for the left operand (typically because of checking the operator first). Adjust the two which don't. Take the opportunity and also document the hook.
8718 lines
217 KiB
C
8718 lines
217 KiB
C
/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
|
||
Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
|
||
This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
|
||
|
||
GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
||
any later version.
|
||
|
||
GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||
|
||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||
along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
|
||
Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
|
||
02110-1301, USA. */
|
||
|
||
/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
|
||
at the University of Utah. */
|
||
|
||
#include "as.h"
|
||
#include "safe-ctype.h"
|
||
#include "subsegs.h"
|
||
#include "dw2gencfi.h"
|
||
|
||
#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
|
||
|
||
/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
|
||
#include "opcode/hppa.h"
|
||
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
|
||
error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
|
||
records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
|
||
then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
|
||
|
||
/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
|
||
not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
|
||
|
||
/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
|
||
typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
|
||
typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
|
||
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
|
||
(((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
|
||
|
||
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
||
/* How to generate a relocation. */
|
||
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
|
||
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
|
||
#else
|
||
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
|
||
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
|
||
to store a copyright string. */
|
||
#define obj_version obj_elf_version
|
||
#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
|
||
|
||
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
|
||
#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
|
||
#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
|
||
#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
|
||
#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
|
||
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
|
||
|
||
/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
|
||
typedef int reloc_type;
|
||
|
||
/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
|
||
#define obj_version obj_som_version
|
||
#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
|
||
|
||
/* How to generate a relocation. */
|
||
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
|
||
|
||
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
|
||
typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
|
||
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
|
||
(((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
|
||
|
||
/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
|
||
#ifndef R_DLT_REL
|
||
#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifndef R_N0SEL
|
||
#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifndef R_N1SEL
|
||
#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
|
||
#endif
|
||
#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
|
||
|
||
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
||
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
|
||
#else
|
||
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
|
||
|
||
/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
|
||
|
||
struct unwind_desc
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
|
||
unsigned int millicode:1;
|
||
unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
|
||
unsigned int region_desc:2;
|
||
unsigned int save_sr:2;
|
||
unsigned int entry_fr:4;
|
||
unsigned int entry_gr:5;
|
||
unsigned int args_stored:1;
|
||
unsigned int call_fr:5;
|
||
unsigned int call_gr:5;
|
||
unsigned int save_sp:1;
|
||
unsigned int save_rp:1;
|
||
unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
|
||
unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
|
||
unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
|
||
|
||
unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
|
||
unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
|
||
unsigned int reserved:3;
|
||
unsigned int frame_size:27;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
|
||
place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
|
||
object files. */
|
||
#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
|
||
(((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
|
||
| ((U)->millicode << 30) \
|
||
| ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
|
||
| ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
|
||
| ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
|
||
| ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
|
||
| ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
|
||
| ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
|
||
| ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
|
||
| ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
|
||
| ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
|
||
| ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
|
||
| ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
|
||
| ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
|
||
| ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
|
||
|
||
#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
|
||
(((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
|
||
| ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
|
||
| ((U)->frame_size << 0))
|
||
|
||
struct unwind_table
|
||
{
|
||
/* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
|
||
descriptor. */
|
||
unsigned int start_offset;
|
||
unsigned int end_offset;
|
||
struct unwind_desc descriptor;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
|
||
control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
|
||
creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
|
||
|
||
NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
|
||
prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
|
||
|
||
The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
|
||
.callinfo pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
struct call_info
|
||
{
|
||
/* The unwind descriptor being built. */
|
||
struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
|
||
|
||
/* Name of this function. */
|
||
symbolS *start_symbol;
|
||
|
||
/* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
|
||
symbolS *end_symbol;
|
||
|
||
/* Next entry in the chain. */
|
||
struct call_info *ci_next;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
|
||
allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
|
||
SGL and DBL). */
|
||
typedef enum
|
||
{
|
||
SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
|
||
}
|
||
fp_operand_format;
|
||
|
||
/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
|
||
an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
|
||
(ELF has no need for it). */
|
||
typedef enum
|
||
{
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
|
||
SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
|
||
}
|
||
pa_symbol_type;
|
||
|
||
/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
|
||
individual instructions. */
|
||
struct pa_it
|
||
{
|
||
/* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
|
||
unsigned long opcode;
|
||
|
||
/* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
|
||
expressionS exp;
|
||
|
||
/* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
|
||
int pcrel;
|
||
|
||
/* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
|
||
fp_operand_format fpof1;
|
||
fp_operand_format fpof2;
|
||
|
||
/* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
|
||
int trunc;
|
||
|
||
/* Holds the field selector for this instruction
|
||
(for example L%, LR%, etc). */
|
||
long field_selector;
|
||
|
||
/* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
|
||
instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
|
||
unsigned int arg_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* The format specification for this instruction. */
|
||
int format;
|
||
|
||
/* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
|
||
reloc_type reloc;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
|
||
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| | |
|
||
|
||
. . .
|
||
. . .
|
||
. . .
|
||
|
||
| | |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+
|
||
| 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
|
||
+--------------+--------------+ */
|
||
|
||
/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
|
||
struct call_desc
|
||
{
|
||
/* The argument relocation specification. */
|
||
unsigned int arg_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* Number of arguments. */
|
||
unsigned int arg_count;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
|
||
chain. */
|
||
|
||
struct subspace_dictionary_chain
|
||
{
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
|
||
unsigned int ssd_defined;
|
||
|
||
/* Name of this subspace. */
|
||
char *ssd_name;
|
||
|
||
/* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
|
||
asection *ssd_seg;
|
||
int ssd_subseg;
|
||
|
||
/* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
|
||
struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
|
||
chain. */
|
||
|
||
struct space_dictionary_chain
|
||
{
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
|
||
as a default space. */
|
||
unsigned int sd_defined;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
|
||
unsigned int sd_user_defined;
|
||
|
||
/* The space number (or index). */
|
||
unsigned int sd_spnum;
|
||
|
||
/* The name of this subspace. */
|
||
char *sd_name;
|
||
|
||
/* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
|
||
asection *sd_seg;
|
||
|
||
/* Current subsegment number being used. */
|
||
int sd_last_subseg;
|
||
|
||
/* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
|
||
|
||
/* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
|
||
struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
|
||
dictionary entries. */
|
||
|
||
struct default_subspace_dict
|
||
{
|
||
/* Name of the subspace. */
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
|
||
/* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
|
||
char defined;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
|
||
char loadable;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
|
||
char code_only;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
|
||
char comdat;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
|
||
char common;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
|
||
to be multiply defined. */
|
||
char dup_common;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
|
||
char zero;
|
||
|
||
/* Sort key for this subspace. */
|
||
unsigned char sort;
|
||
|
||
/* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
|
||
as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
|
||
int access;
|
||
|
||
/* Index of containing space. */
|
||
int space_index;
|
||
|
||
/* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
|
||
int alignment;
|
||
|
||
/* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
|
||
int quadrant;
|
||
|
||
/* An index into the default spaces array. */
|
||
int def_space_index;
|
||
|
||
/* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
|
||
subsegT subsegment;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
|
||
dictionary entries. */
|
||
|
||
struct default_space_dict
|
||
{
|
||
/* Name of the space. */
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
|
||
/* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
|
||
assembly code numerically! */
|
||
int spnum;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
|
||
char loadable;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
|
||
char defined;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
|
||
char private;
|
||
|
||
/* Sort key for this space. */
|
||
unsigned char sort;
|
||
|
||
/* Segment associated with this space. */
|
||
asection *segment;
|
||
};
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
|
||
callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
|
||
label. */
|
||
typedef struct label_symbol_struct
|
||
{
|
||
struct symbol *lss_label;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
segT lss_segment;
|
||
#endif
|
||
struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
|
||
}
|
||
label_symbol_struct;
|
||
|
||
/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct
|
||
{
|
||
/* The field selector. */
|
||
enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
|
||
|
||
/* Type of fixup. */
|
||
int fx_r_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Format of fixup. */
|
||
int fx_r_format;
|
||
|
||
/* Argument relocation bits. */
|
||
unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* The segment this fixup appears in. */
|
||
segT segment;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
|
||
|
||
struct pd_reg
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
int value;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
|
||
to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
|
||
struct fp_cond_map
|
||
{
|
||
const char *string;
|
||
int cond;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
|
||
string to a field selector type. */
|
||
struct selector_entry
|
||
{
|
||
const char *prefix;
|
||
int field_selector;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
static void pa_text (int);
|
||
static void pa_data (int);
|
||
static void pa_comm (int);
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
static int exact_log2 (int);
|
||
static void pa_compiler (int);
|
||
static void pa_align (int);
|
||
static void pa_space (int);
|
||
static void pa_spnum (int);
|
||
static void pa_subspace (int);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int,
|
||
asection *, int);
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
|
||
const char *, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int, int,
|
||
int, asection *);
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
|
||
char *, int, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int, int,
|
||
int, int, int, int,
|
||
asection *);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *);
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
|
||
subsegT);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
|
||
static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
|
||
|
||
/* The current space and subspace. */
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Root of the call_info chain. */
|
||
static struct call_info *call_info_root;
|
||
|
||
/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
|
||
seen so it can be associated with fixups and
|
||
function labels. */
|
||
static struct call_info *last_call_info;
|
||
|
||
/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
|
||
static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
|
||
|
||
/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
|
||
static htab_t op_hash = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
|
||
followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
|
||
as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
|
||
const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
|
||
|
||
/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
|
||
a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
|
||
.line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
|
||
|
||
Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
|
||
first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
|
||
#NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
|
||
|
||
Also note that C style comments will always work. */
|
||
const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
|
||
|
||
/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
|
||
pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
|
||
const char comment_chars[] = ";";
|
||
|
||
/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
|
||
const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
|
||
|
||
/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
|
||
const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
|
||
|
||
/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
|
||
As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
|
||
|
||
Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
|
||
changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
|
||
at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
|
||
const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
|
||
|
||
static struct pa_it the_insn;
|
||
|
||
/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
|
||
and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
|
||
variable. */
|
||
static char *expr_parse_end;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
|
||
static int callinfo_found;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
|
||
static int within_entry_exit;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
|
||
static int within_procedure;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
|
||
seen in each subspace. */
|
||
static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Last label symbol */
|
||
static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
|
||
|
||
Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
|
||
not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
|
||
|
||
Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
|
||
occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
|
||
by pa_parse_number. */
|
||
static int strict;
|
||
|
||
/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
|
||
pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
|
||
point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
|
||
The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
|
||
register has a `r' suffix. */
|
||
#define FP_REG_BASE 64
|
||
#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
|
||
static int pa_number;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
|
||
static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
|
||
static int print_errors = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
|
||
|
||
Each general register has one predefined name of the form
|
||
%r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
|
||
|
||
Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
|
||
but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
|
||
|
||
Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
|
||
%fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
|
||
names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
|
||
again have the value <REGNUM>.
|
||
|
||
Many registers also have synonyms:
|
||
|
||
%r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
|
||
%r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
|
||
%fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
|
||
%r30 has %sp as a synonym
|
||
%r27 has %dp as a synonym
|
||
%r2 has %rp as a synonym
|
||
|
||
Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
|
||
here for brevity.
|
||
|
||
The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
|
||
|
||
static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"%arg0", 26},
|
||
{"%arg1", 25},
|
||
{"%arg2", 24},
|
||
{"%arg3", 23},
|
||
{"%cr0", 0},
|
||
{"%cr10", 10},
|
||
{"%cr11", 11},
|
||
{"%cr12", 12},
|
||
{"%cr13", 13},
|
||
{"%cr14", 14},
|
||
{"%cr15", 15},
|
||
{"%cr16", 16},
|
||
{"%cr17", 17},
|
||
{"%cr18", 18},
|
||
{"%cr19", 19},
|
||
{"%cr20", 20},
|
||
{"%cr21", 21},
|
||
{"%cr22", 22},
|
||
{"%cr23", 23},
|
||
{"%cr24", 24},
|
||
{"%cr25", 25},
|
||
{"%cr26", 26},
|
||
{"%cr27", 27},
|
||
{"%cr28", 28},
|
||
{"%cr29", 29},
|
||
{"%cr30", 30},
|
||
{"%cr31", 31},
|
||
{"%cr8", 8},
|
||
{"%cr9", 9},
|
||
{"%dp", 27},
|
||
{"%eiem", 15},
|
||
{"%eirr", 23},
|
||
{"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
||
{"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
||
{"%fret", 4},
|
||
{"%hta", 25},
|
||
{"%iir", 19},
|
||
{"%ior", 21},
|
||
{"%ipsw", 22},
|
||
{"%isr", 20},
|
||
{"%itmr", 16},
|
||
{"%iva", 14},
|
||
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
||
{"%mrp", 2},
|
||
#else
|
||
{"%mrp", 31},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"%pcoq", 18},
|
||
{"%pcsq", 17},
|
||
{"%pidr1", 8},
|
||
{"%pidr2", 9},
|
||
{"%pidr3", 12},
|
||
{"%pidr4", 13},
|
||
{"%ppda", 24},
|
||
{"%r0", 0},
|
||
{"%r1", 1},
|
||
{"%r10", 10},
|
||
{"%r11", 11},
|
||
{"%r12", 12},
|
||
{"%r13", 13},
|
||
{"%r14", 14},
|
||
{"%r15", 15},
|
||
{"%r16", 16},
|
||
{"%r17", 17},
|
||
{"%r18", 18},
|
||
{"%r19", 19},
|
||
{"%r2", 2},
|
||
{"%r20", 20},
|
||
{"%r21", 21},
|
||
{"%r22", 22},
|
||
{"%r23", 23},
|
||
{"%r24", 24},
|
||
{"%r25", 25},
|
||
{"%r26", 26},
|
||
{"%r27", 27},
|
||
{"%r28", 28},
|
||
{"%r29", 29},
|
||
{"%r3", 3},
|
||
{"%r30", 30},
|
||
{"%r31", 31},
|
||
{"%r4", 4},
|
||
{"%r5", 5},
|
||
{"%r6", 6},
|
||
{"%r7", 7},
|
||
{"%r8", 8},
|
||
{"%r9", 9},
|
||
{"%rctr", 0},
|
||
{"%ret0", 28},
|
||
{"%ret1", 29},
|
||
{"%rp", 2},
|
||
{"%sar", 11},
|
||
{"%sp", 30},
|
||
{"%sr0", 0},
|
||
{"%sr1", 1},
|
||
{"%sr2", 2},
|
||
{"%sr3", 3},
|
||
{"%sr4", 4},
|
||
{"%sr5", 5},
|
||
{"%sr6", 6},
|
||
{"%sr7", 7},
|
||
{"%t1", 22},
|
||
{"%t2", 21},
|
||
{"%t3", 20},
|
||
{"%t4", 19},
|
||
{"%tf1", 11},
|
||
{"%tf2", 10},
|
||
{"%tf3", 9},
|
||
{"%tf4", 8},
|
||
{"%tr0", 24},
|
||
{"%tr1", 25},
|
||
{"%tr2", 26},
|
||
{"%tr3", 27},
|
||
{"%tr4", 28},
|
||
{"%tr5", 29},
|
||
{"%tr6", 30},
|
||
{"%tr7", 31}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
|
||
so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
|
||
for < first, we would get a false match. */
|
||
static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"false?", 0},
|
||
{"false", 1},
|
||
{"true?", 30},
|
||
{"true", 31},
|
||
{"!<=>", 3},
|
||
{"!?>=", 8},
|
||
{"!?<=", 16},
|
||
{"!<>", 7},
|
||
{"!>=", 11},
|
||
{"!?>", 12},
|
||
{"?<=", 14},
|
||
{"!<=", 19},
|
||
{"!?<", 20},
|
||
{"?>=", 22},
|
||
{"!?=", 24},
|
||
{"!=t", 27},
|
||
{"<=>", 29},
|
||
{"=t", 5},
|
||
{"?=", 6},
|
||
{"?<", 10},
|
||
{"<=", 13},
|
||
{"!>", 15},
|
||
{"?>", 18},
|
||
{">=", 21},
|
||
{"!<", 23},
|
||
{"<>", 25},
|
||
{"!=", 26},
|
||
{"!?", 28},
|
||
{"?", 2},
|
||
{"=", 4},
|
||
{"<", 9},
|
||
{">", 17}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"f", e_fsel},
|
||
{"l", e_lsel},
|
||
{"ld", e_ldsel},
|
||
{"lp", e_lpsel},
|
||
{"lr", e_lrsel},
|
||
{"ls", e_lssel},
|
||
{"lt", e_ltsel},
|
||
{"ltp", e_ltpsel},
|
||
{"n", e_nsel},
|
||
{"nl", e_nlsel},
|
||
{"nlr", e_nlrsel},
|
||
{"p", e_psel},
|
||
{"r", e_rsel},
|
||
{"rd", e_rdsel},
|
||
{"rp", e_rpsel},
|
||
{"rr", e_rrsel},
|
||
{"rs", e_rssel},
|
||
{"rt", e_rtsel},
|
||
{"rtp", e_rtpsel},
|
||
{"t", e_tsel},
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
|
||
|
||
#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
|
||
#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
|
||
|
||
/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
|
||
#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
|
||
#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
|
||
#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
|
||
#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
|
||
#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
|
||
#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
|
||
#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
|
||
#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
|
||
|
||
static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
|
||
{"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
|
||
{"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
|
||
{"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
|
||
{"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
|
||
{NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
|
||
{"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
|
||
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
|
||
|
||
/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
|
||
#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
|
||
#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
|
||
#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
|
||
#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
|
||
|
||
#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
|
||
#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
|
||
a right or left half of a FP register */
|
||
#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
|
||
#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
|
||
|
||
/* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
|
||
|
||
#define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if (immediate_check) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if (pos == -1) \
|
||
pos = (VALUE); \
|
||
else if (len == -1) \
|
||
len = (VALUE); \
|
||
} \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
|
||
main loop after insertion. */
|
||
|
||
#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
|
||
continue; \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
|
||
IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
|
||
|
||
#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if (! IGNORE) \
|
||
as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
|
||
(int) (FIELD));\
|
||
break; \
|
||
} \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
|
||
the current file and line number are not valid. */
|
||
|
||
#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
|
||
_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
|
||
(int) (FIELD));\
|
||
break; \
|
||
} \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
|
||
IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
|
||
|
||
#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
|
||
{ \
|
||
if (! IGNORE) \
|
||
as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
|
||
(int) (FIELD));\
|
||
break; \
|
||
} \
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_SB_relative(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
||
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
|
||
|
||
/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
|
||
always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
|
||
need real complex handling yet. */
|
||
#define is_complex(exp) \
|
||
((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
|
||
|
||
/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
|
||
|
||
/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
|
||
proc/procend pairs match. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
pa_check_eof (void)
|
||
{
|
||
if (within_entry_exit)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
|
||
|
||
if (within_procedure)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
|
||
or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
|
||
|
||
static label_symbol_struct *
|
||
pa_get_label (void)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
|
||
|
||
if (label_chain)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
|
||
return label_chain;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
|
||
return label_chain;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
|
||
this function will replace it with the new label. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
|
||
|
||
if (!label_chain)
|
||
label_chain = &last_label_symbol;
|
||
|
||
label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Not used. */
|
||
label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
|
||
|
||
label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
|
||
If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_undefine_label (void)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
|
||
code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
|
||
results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
|
||
hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
|
||
original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
|
||
tc_fix_data field. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
|
||
int where,
|
||
int size,
|
||
symbolS *add_symbol,
|
||
offsetT offset,
|
||
expressionS *exp,
|
||
int pcrel,
|
||
bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
|
||
enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
|
||
int r_format,
|
||
unsigned int arg_reloc,
|
||
int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
fixS *new_fix;
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
|
||
|
||
if (exp != NULL)
|
||
new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
|
||
else
|
||
new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
|
||
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
|
||
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
|
||
new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
|
||
is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
|
||
it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
|
||
if (new_fix->fx_subsy
|
||
&& (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
|
||
new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
|
||
hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp,
|
||
int hppa_field_selector)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int rel_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Get a base relocation type. */
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else if (is_complex (*exp))
|
||
rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
|
||
else
|
||
rel_type = R_HPPA;
|
||
|
||
if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
|
||
hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
|
||
(symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
|
||
hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark (via expr_parse_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
get_expression (char *str)
|
||
{
|
||
char *save_in;
|
||
asection *seg;
|
||
|
||
save_in = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = str;
|
||
seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
|
||
if (!(seg == absolute_section
|
||
|| seg == undefined_section
|
||
|| SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
|
||
expr_parse_end = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
expr_parse_end = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
|
||
completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int nullif;
|
||
|
||
nullif = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s = *s + 1;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
|
||
nullif = 1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
|
||
nullif = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
*s = *s + 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return nullif;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const char *
|
||
md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
|
||
{
|
||
return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, true);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Write out big-endian. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
|
||
{
|
||
number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
|
||
format. */
|
||
|
||
arelent **
|
||
tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
|
||
{
|
||
arelent *reloc;
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
|
||
static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
|
||
arelent **relocs;
|
||
reloc_type **codes;
|
||
reloc_type code;
|
||
int n_relocs;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
|
||
if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
|
||
return &no_relocs;
|
||
|
||
gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
|
||
gas_assert (section != 0);
|
||
|
||
reloc = XNEW (arelent);
|
||
|
||
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
||
|
||
/* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
|
||
When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
|
||
/* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
|
||
undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
|
||
when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
|
||
&& fixp->fx_pcrel)
|
||
{
|
||
fixp->fx_r_type = (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
fixp->fx_offset += 8;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
|
||
(int) fixp->fx_r_type,
|
||
hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
|
||
hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
|
||
fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
|
||
|
||
if (codes == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
|
||
;
|
||
|
||
relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1);
|
||
reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
|
||
relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
|
||
|
||
relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
|
||
|
||
code = *codes[0];
|
||
|
||
/* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
|
||
switch (code)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
|
||
/* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
|
||
relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
|
||
(static link required). This adjustment is done in
|
||
bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
|
||
|
||
We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
|
||
it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
|
||
it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
|
||
reloc->addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
|
||
case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
|
||
reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
|
||
fixp->fx_offset);
|
||
break;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR32:
|
||
/* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
|
||
if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
|
||
code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
|
||
/* Fallthru */
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
||
reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
|
||
reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
|
||
gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
#else /* OBJ_SOM */
|
||
|
||
/* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
code = *codes[i];
|
||
|
||
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
||
relocs[i]->howto =
|
||
bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
|
||
relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
|
||
switch (code)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_COMP2:
|
||
/* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
|
||
of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
|
||
relocs now and break out of the loop. */
|
||
gas_assert (i == 1);
|
||
relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
|
||
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
||
relocs[0]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
|
||
relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[0]->addend = 0;
|
||
relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
||
relocs[1]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
|
||
relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[1]->addend = 0;
|
||
relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
|
||
relocs[2]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
|
||
relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[2]->addend = 0;
|
||
relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
|
||
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
||
relocs[3]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
|
||
relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[3]->addend = 0;
|
||
relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
|
||
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
||
relocs[4]->howto
|
||
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
||
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
|
||
relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
||
relocs[4]->addend = 0;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
case R_PCREL_CALL:
|
||
case R_ABS_CALL:
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_DLT_REL:
|
||
case R_DATA_PLABEL:
|
||
case R_CODE_PLABEL:
|
||
/* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
|
||
relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
|
||
(static link required).
|
||
|
||
FIXME: We always assume no static link!
|
||
|
||
We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
|
||
it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
|
||
it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_N_MODE:
|
||
case R_S_MODE:
|
||
case R_D_MODE:
|
||
case R_R_MODE:
|
||
case R_FSEL:
|
||
case R_LSEL:
|
||
case R_RSEL:
|
||
case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
|
||
case R_END_BRTAB:
|
||
case R_BEGIN_TRY:
|
||
case R_N0SEL:
|
||
case R_N1SEL:
|
||
/* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
|
||
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_END_TRY:
|
||
case R_ENTRY:
|
||
case R_EXIT:
|
||
/* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
|
||
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
||
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
done:
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return relocs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
fragS *fragP)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int address;
|
||
|
||
if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
|
||
{
|
||
switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
|
||
{
|
||
case 0:
|
||
fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
|
||
know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
|
||
know (fragP->fr_next);
|
||
address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
|
||
if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
|
||
{
|
||
fragP->fr_offset =
|
||
fragP->fr_next->fr_address
|
||
- fragP->fr_address
|
||
- fragP->fr_fix;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
fragP->fr_offset = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
|
||
|
||
valueT
|
||
md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
|
||
{
|
||
int align = bfd_section_alignment (segment);
|
||
int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
|
||
|
||
return (size + align2) & ~align2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
int size;
|
||
|
||
size = 0;
|
||
|
||
while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
|
||
size++;
|
||
|
||
return size;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
|
||
# else
|
||
const char *md_shortopts = "V";
|
||
# endif
|
||
#else
|
||
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
const char *md_shortopts = "c";
|
||
# else
|
||
const char *md_shortopts = "";
|
||
# endif
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
struct option md_longopts[] =
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
{"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
|
||
};
|
||
size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (c)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
case 'V':
|
||
print_version_id ();
|
||
break;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
case 'c':
|
||
warn_comment = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
fprintf (stream, _("\
|
||
-Q ignored\n"));
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
||
fprintf (stream, _("\
|
||
-c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
|
||
|
||
symbolS *
|
||
md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
|
||
#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
|
||
((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
|
||
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
|
||
(((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
|
||
#else
|
||
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *fixpos;
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
|
||
offsetT new_val;
|
||
int insn, val, fmt;
|
||
|
||
/* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
|
||
never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
|
||
R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
|
||
fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
|
||
adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
|
||
{
|
||
fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
|
||
return;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
|
||
fixP->fx_done = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
|
||
hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
|
||
if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
|
||
_("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
|
||
fixP->fx_r_type);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
|
||
|
||
if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Handle constant output. */
|
||
number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
|
||
fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
|
||
|
||
/* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
|
||
which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
|
||
In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
|
||
will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
|
||
if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
|
||
|| fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
&& fmt != 32
|
||
#endif
|
||
)
|
||
new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
|
||
else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
|
||
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
|
||
new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
|
||
if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
|
||
&& fixP->fx_addsy
|
||
&& fixP->fx_pcrel
|
||
&& !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
|
||
hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
&& (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
|
||
|| (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
|
||
|| (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
&& (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
|
||
|| (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
|
||
#endif
|
||
&& !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
||
&& !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
||
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
|
||
&& !(fixP->fx_subsy
|
||
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
|
||
{
|
||
new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch (fmt)
|
||
{
|
||
case 10:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
|
||
| ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
|
||
break;
|
||
case -11:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
|
||
| ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
|
||
break;
|
||
/* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
|
||
case 14:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
|
||
case 21:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
|
||
case 11:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
|
||
case 12:
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val - 8;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
|
||
case 17:
|
||
{
|
||
offsetT distance = * valP;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
|
||
range target, then we want to complain. */
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
|
||
&& (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val - 8;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case 22:
|
||
{
|
||
offsetT distance = * valP;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
|
||
range target, then we want to complain. */
|
||
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
|
||
&& (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
|
||
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
|
||
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
||
val = new_val - 8;
|
||
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case -10:
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case -16:
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 16:
|
||
val = new_val;
|
||
insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case 32:
|
||
insn = new_val;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
|
||
_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
|
||
if (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
||
S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Insert the relocation. */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
|
||
On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
|
||
|
||
long
|
||
md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
|
||
{
|
||
return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
|
||
a statement. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
is_end_of_statement (void)
|
||
{
|
||
return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
|
||
|| (*input_line_pointer == ';')
|
||
|| (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
|
||
|
||
/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
|
||
the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
reg_name_search (char *name)
|
||
{
|
||
int middle, low, high;
|
||
int cmp;
|
||
|
||
low = 0;
|
||
high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
|
||
|
||
do
|
||
{
|
||
middle = (low + high) / 2;
|
||
cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
|
||
if (cmp < 0)
|
||
high = middle - 1;
|
||
else if (cmp > 0)
|
||
low = middle + 1;
|
||
else
|
||
return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
|
||
}
|
||
while (low <= high);
|
||
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
|
||
the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
|
||
a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
|
||
|
||
Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
|
||
register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
|
||
returned in `pa_number'.
|
||
|
||
IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
|
||
parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
|
||
not set.
|
||
|
||
pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
|
||
horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
|
||
{
|
||
int num;
|
||
char *name;
|
||
char c;
|
||
symbolS *sym;
|
||
int status;
|
||
char *p = *s;
|
||
bool have_prefix;
|
||
|
||
/* Skip whitespace before the number. */
|
||
while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
|
||
p = p + 1;
|
||
|
||
pa_number = -1;
|
||
have_prefix = 0;
|
||
num = 0;
|
||
if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Looks like a number. */
|
||
|
||
if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
|
||
{
|
||
/* The number is specified in hex. */
|
||
p += 2;
|
||
while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
|
||
|| ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
|
||
{
|
||
if (ISDIGIT (*p))
|
||
num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
|
||
else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
|
||
num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
|
||
else
|
||
num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
|
||
++p;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* The number is specified in decimal. */
|
||
while (ISDIGIT (*p))
|
||
{
|
||
num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
|
||
++p;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pa_number = num;
|
||
|
||
/* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
|
||
if (is_float)
|
||
{
|
||
pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
if (! (is_float & 2))
|
||
{
|
||
if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
|
||
{
|
||
pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
|
||
++p;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
|
||
{
|
||
++p;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*p == '%')
|
||
{
|
||
/* The number might be a predefined register. */
|
||
have_prefix = 1;
|
||
name = p;
|
||
p++;
|
||
c = *p;
|
||
/* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
|
||
code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
|
||
slow. */
|
||
if (c == 'r')
|
||
{
|
||
p++;
|
||
if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
|
||
&& (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
|
||
{
|
||
p += 2;
|
||
num = *p - '0' + 28;
|
||
p++;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*p == 'p')
|
||
{
|
||
num = 2;
|
||
p++;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
|
||
{
|
||
if (print_errors)
|
||
as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
|
||
num = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
do
|
||
num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
|
||
while (ISDIGIT (*p));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Do a normal register search. */
|
||
while (is_part_of_name (c))
|
||
{
|
||
p = p + 1;
|
||
c = *p;
|
||
}
|
||
*p = 0;
|
||
status = reg_name_search (name);
|
||
if (status >= 0)
|
||
num = status;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (print_errors)
|
||
as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
|
||
num = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
*p = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pa_number = num;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
|
||
is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
|
||
name = p;
|
||
c = *p;
|
||
while (is_part_of_name (c))
|
||
{
|
||
p = p + 1;
|
||
c = *p;
|
||
}
|
||
*p = 0;
|
||
if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
|
||
{
|
||
num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
|
||
/* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
|
||
register, so... */
|
||
have_prefix = true;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
|
||
num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
|
||
else if (!strict)
|
||
{
|
||
if (print_errors)
|
||
as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
|
||
num = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strict)
|
||
{
|
||
/* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
|
||
or for an empty string. For an empty string we
|
||
will return zero. That's a concession made for
|
||
compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
|
||
if (*name == 0)
|
||
num = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (print_errors)
|
||
as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
|
||
num = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
*p = c;
|
||
|
||
pa_number = num;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!strict || have_prefix)
|
||
{
|
||
*s = p;
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
|
||
a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
need_pa11_opcode (void)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
|
||
&& !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
|
||
then set a new architecture. */
|
||
if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
|
||
code associated with the condition. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cond, i;
|
||
|
||
cond = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
|
||
strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
|
||
*s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
|
||
/* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
|
||
report an error. */
|
||
if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
{
|
||
*s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
|
||
*s = *s + 1;
|
||
return cond;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
|
||
|
||
/* Advance over the bogus completer. */
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int value;
|
||
|
||
value = 0;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 5;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 9;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 13;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 17;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 1;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 6;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
value = 2;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
value = 0;
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return value;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
|
||
type. */
|
||
|
||
static fp_operand_format
|
||
pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int format;
|
||
|
||
format = SGL;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = SGL;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = DBL;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = QUAD;
|
||
*s += 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = W;
|
||
*s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = UW;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = DW;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = UDW;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = QW;
|
||
*s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = UQW;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return format;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
|
||
type. */
|
||
|
||
static fp_operand_format
|
||
pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int format;
|
||
|
||
format = SGL;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = SGL;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = DBL;
|
||
*s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
format = QUAD;
|
||
*s += 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return format;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
|
||
{
|
||
int middle, low, high;
|
||
int cmp;
|
||
char name[4];
|
||
char *s = *str;
|
||
|
||
/* Read past any whitespace. */
|
||
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
|
||
s++;
|
||
*str = s;
|
||
|
||
if (is_end_of_line [(unsigned char) s[0]])
|
||
return e_fsel;
|
||
else if (s[1] == '\'' || s[1] == '%')
|
||
{
|
||
name[0] = TOLOWER (s[0]);
|
||
name[1] = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (is_end_of_line [(unsigned char) s[1]])
|
||
return e_fsel;
|
||
else if (s[2] == '\'' || s[2] == '%')
|
||
{
|
||
name[0] = TOLOWER (s[0]);
|
||
name[1] = TOLOWER (s[1]);
|
||
name[2] = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (is_end_of_line [(unsigned char) s[2]])
|
||
return e_fsel;
|
||
else if (s[3] == '\'' || s[3] == '%')
|
||
{
|
||
name[0] = TOLOWER (s[0]);
|
||
name[1] = TOLOWER (s[1]);
|
||
name[2] = TOLOWER (s[2]);
|
||
name[3] = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
return e_fsel;
|
||
|
||
low = 0;
|
||
high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
|
||
|
||
do
|
||
{
|
||
middle = (low + high) / 2;
|
||
cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
|
||
if (cmp < 0)
|
||
high = middle - 1;
|
||
else if (cmp > 0)
|
||
low = middle + 1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
*str += strlen (name) + 1;
|
||
#ifndef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
|
||
return e_fsel;
|
||
#endif
|
||
return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
while (low <= high);
|
||
|
||
return e_fsel;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
|
||
cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
|
||
{
|
||
int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
|
||
expression (exp);
|
||
return hppa_field_selector;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
|
||
the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
|
||
static int
|
||
evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
|
||
{
|
||
offsetT value;
|
||
expressionS exp;
|
||
int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
|
||
|
||
exp = insn->exp;
|
||
value = exp.X_add_number;
|
||
|
||
return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark (via expr_parse_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
|
||
{
|
||
char *save_in;
|
||
|
||
insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
|
||
save_in = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = *strp;
|
||
expression (&insn->exp);
|
||
expr_parse_end = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
||
if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We have a non-match in strict mode. */
|
||
if (!strict)
|
||
as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
return evaluate_absolute (insn);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the
|
||
first whitespace character. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
|
||
{
|
||
char *save_in;
|
||
char *s, c;
|
||
int result;
|
||
|
||
save_in = input_line_pointer;
|
||
input_line_pointer = *strp;
|
||
|
||
/* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
|
||
this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
|
||
r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the
|
||
coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling
|
||
pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered
|
||
in the symbol table.
|
||
|
||
So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string
|
||
at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally
|
||
contain no whitespace. */
|
||
|
||
s = *strp;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0;
|
||
|
||
result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
|
||
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
return result;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
|
||
argument location number. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
|
||
return 2;
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
|
||
return 3;
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
|
||
the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int new_reloc;
|
||
|
||
new_reloc = arg_reloc;
|
||
switch (reg)
|
||
{
|
||
case 0:
|
||
new_reloc <<= 8;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 1:
|
||
new_reloc <<= 6;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 2:
|
||
new_reloc <<= 4;
|
||
break;
|
||
case 3:
|
||
new_reloc <<= 2;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return new_reloc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
|
||
number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
|
||
number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
|
||
encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
|
||
|
||
Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
|
||
returned as 8-15. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 8;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 9;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 10;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 11;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 12;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 13;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 14;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 15;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
|
||
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
|
||
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
|
||
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
|
||
encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
|
||
{
|
||
int cmpltr;
|
||
char *name = *s + 1;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *save_s = *s;
|
||
int nullify = 0;
|
||
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (**s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
||
*s += 1;
|
||
c = **s;
|
||
**s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 8;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 9;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 10;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 11;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 12;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 13;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 14;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 15;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
||
completer. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
nullify = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
**s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
||
if (nullify)
|
||
*s = save_s;
|
||
|
||
return cmpltr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
|
||
into the global "the_insn" variable. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_ip (char *str)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *error_message = "";
|
||
char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
|
||
const char *args;
|
||
int match = false;
|
||
int comma = 0;
|
||
int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num;
|
||
int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
|
||
unsigned long opcode;
|
||
struct pa_opcode *insn;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
|
||
case. */
|
||
for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
|
||
*s = TOLOWER (*s);
|
||
|
||
/* Skip to something interesting. */
|
||
for (s = str;
|
||
ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
|
||
++s)
|
||
;
|
||
|
||
switch (*s)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
case '\0':
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case ',':
|
||
comma = 1;
|
||
|
||
/*FALLTHROUGH */
|
||
|
||
case ' ':
|
||
*s++ = '\0';
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
|
||
if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) str_hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (comma)
|
||
*--s = ',';
|
||
|
||
/* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
|
||
start processing them. */
|
||
argstart = s;
|
||
for (;;)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Do some initialization. */
|
||
opcode = insn->match;
|
||
strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
|
||
memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
|
||
need_cond = 1;
|
||
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
|
||
|
||
if (insn->arch >= pa20
|
||
&& bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
|
||
goto failed;
|
||
|
||
/* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
|
||
sure that the operands match. */
|
||
for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Absorb white space in instruction. */
|
||
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
switch (*args)
|
||
{
|
||
/* End of arguments. */
|
||
case '\0':
|
||
if (*s == '\0')
|
||
match = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case '+':
|
||
if (*s == '+')
|
||
{
|
||
++s;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*s == '-')
|
||
continue;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* These must match exactly. */
|
||
case '(':
|
||
case ')':
|
||
case ',':
|
||
case ' ':
|
||
if (*s++ == *args)
|
||
continue;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
case '^':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
|
||
is there. */
|
||
case '!':
|
||
/* Skip whitespace before register. */
|
||
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
|
||
s = s + 1;
|
||
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 5;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
|
||
case 't':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 16;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
|
||
case 'T':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
|
||
case '5':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
/* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
|
||
match instead of giving an out of range error. */
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'V':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
/* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
|
||
match instead of giving an out of range error. */
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'r':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
|
||
case 'R':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
|
||
case 'U':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
|
||
case 's':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
|
||
case 'S':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all completers. */
|
||
case 'c':
|
||
switch (*++args)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
|
||
case 'X':
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
{
|
||
int uu = 0;
|
||
int m = 0;
|
||
int i = 0;
|
||
while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
uu = 1;
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
s++;
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
|
||
|| (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
|
||
uu = 1;
|
||
else if (strict)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This is a match failure. */
|
||
s--;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
|
||
s++;
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
if (i > 2)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
|
||
opcode |= m << 5;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a short load/store completer. */
|
||
case 'M':
|
||
case 'm':
|
||
case 'q':
|
||
case 'J':
|
||
case 'e':
|
||
{
|
||
int a = 0;
|
||
int m = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
a = 0;
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
a = 1;
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strict)
|
||
/* This is a match failure. */
|
||
s--;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
|
||
consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'e')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
|
||
encode the before/after field. */
|
||
if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= m << 5;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*args == 'q')
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= m << 3;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*args == 'J')
|
||
{
|
||
/* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
gas_assert (*args == 'e');
|
||
/* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
|
||
instruction. We will use (and remove it)
|
||
later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
|
||
opcode |= a;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a stbys completer. */
|
||
case 'A':
|
||
case 's':
|
||
{
|
||
int a = 0;
|
||
int m = 0;
|
||
int i = 0;
|
||
while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
|
||
m = 1;
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
|
||
|| (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
|
||
a = 0;
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
|
||
a = 1;
|
||
/* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
|
||
else if (strict)
|
||
{
|
||
s--;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
|
||
s++;
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
if (i > 2)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
|
||
opcode |= m << 5;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle load cache hint completer. */
|
||
case 'c':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (startswith (s, ",sl"))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle store cache hint completer. */
|
||
case 'C':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (startswith (s, ",sl"))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (startswith (s, ",bc"))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
|
||
case 'd':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (startswith (s, ",co"))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle load ordering completer. */
|
||
case 'o':
|
||
if (!startswith (s, ",o"))
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a branch gate completer. */
|
||
case 'g':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 5;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
|
||
case 'p':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 7;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a branch link completer. */
|
||
case 'l':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a branch pop completer. */
|
||
case 'P':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a local processor completer. */
|
||
case 'L':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
|
||
case 'w':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
|
||
case 'W':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
|
||
case 'r':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 5;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a system control completer. */
|
||
case 'Z':
|
||
if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
|
||
case 'i':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
|
||
case 'z':
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle add completer. */
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 2;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 3;
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
|
||
case 'Y':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Condition is not required with "dc". */
|
||
need_cond = 0;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
|
||
case 'y':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
|
||
case 'v':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
|
||
case 't':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
|
||
case 'B':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 7;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Condition is not required with "db". */
|
||
need_cond = 0;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
|
||
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 6;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
|
||
case 'T':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
|
||
{
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
|
||
case 'S':
|
||
{
|
||
int sign = 1;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
sign = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
sign = 0;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
|
||
case 'h':
|
||
if (*s++ == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
int lr = 0;
|
||
if (*s == 'r')
|
||
lr = 2;
|
||
else if (*s == 'l')
|
||
lr = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
|
||
|
||
s++;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
|
||
case 'H':
|
||
{
|
||
int sat = 3;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
sat = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
sat = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle permutation completer. */
|
||
case '*':
|
||
if (*s++ == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
int permloc[4];
|
||
int perm = 0;
|
||
int i = 0;
|
||
permloc[0] = 13;
|
||
permloc[1] = 10;
|
||
permloc[2] = 8;
|
||
permloc[3] = 6;
|
||
for (; i < 4; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (*s++)
|
||
{
|
||
case '0':
|
||
perm = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
case '1':
|
||
perm = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
case '2':
|
||
perm = 2;
|
||
break;
|
||
case '3':
|
||
perm = 3;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
|
||
}
|
||
opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all conditions. */
|
||
case '?':
|
||
{
|
||
args++;
|
||
switch (*args)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Handle FP compare conditions. */
|
||
case 'f':
|
||
cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an add condition. */
|
||
case 'A':
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'A')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
name = s;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s += 1;
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with
|
||
'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
|
||
case 'd':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
|
||
case 'W':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
||
opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
|
||
condition. */
|
||
case '@':
|
||
save_s = s;
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
s = save_s;
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
|
||
case 'B':
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
if (*args == 'B')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (startswith (s, "<"))
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
s++;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (startswith (s, ">="))
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition"));
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
|
||
case 'S':
|
||
case 's':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'S')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
name = s;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s += 1;
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
|
||
name);
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Except with "db", we have a match failure with
|
||
'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
|
||
case 't':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
|
||
case 'n':
|
||
save_s = s;
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
s = save_s;
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
|
||
case 'N':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
||
opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
/* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
|
||
case 'Q':
|
||
cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
|
||
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
||
/* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
|
||
case 'L':
|
||
case 'l':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'L')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
name = s;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s += 1;
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0x00;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
/* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'L')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
|
||
case 'X':
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
case 'y':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
/* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
|
||
* instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
|
||
immediate_check = 1;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
save_s = s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'X')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
name = s;
|
||
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
||
s += 1;
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
*s = 0x00;
|
||
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
/* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
|
||
This includes moving s back to where it started. */
|
||
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
|
||
{
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
s = save_s;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
|
||
*s = c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
|
||
case 'U':
|
||
case 'u':
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
if (*s == ',')
|
||
{
|
||
int uxor;
|
||
s++;
|
||
|
||
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
||
if (*args == 'U')
|
||
{
|
||
if (*s == '*')
|
||
s++;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (*s == '*')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions
|
||
not involving carries. */
|
||
uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380;
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 0;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 2;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 3;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 4;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 6;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 7;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 1;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
cmpltr = 5;
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
s += 3;
|
||
}
|
||
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
||
else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
|
||
}
|
||
/* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
|
||
else if (*args == 'U')
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
|
||
case 'n':
|
||
nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
|
||
case 'N':
|
||
nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
|
||
case 'L':
|
||
if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
|
||
are 0..6 inclusive. */
|
||
case 'h':
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
|
||
num++;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
|
||
are 0..6 inclusive. */
|
||
case 'm':
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
|
||
num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
|
||
case '=':
|
||
{
|
||
num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'i':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 11;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'J':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
int mb;
|
||
|
||
/* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
|
||
for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
|
||
Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
|
||
good to rethink this. */
|
||
mb = opcode & 1;
|
||
opcode -= mb;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (mb != (num < 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'K':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
int mb;
|
||
|
||
mb = opcode & 1;
|
||
opcode -= mb;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (mb == (num < 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case '<':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
int mb;
|
||
|
||
mb = opcode & 1;
|
||
opcode -= mb;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (mb != (num < 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
num = re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case '>':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
int mb;
|
||
|
||
mb = opcode & 1;
|
||
opcode -= mb;
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (mb == (num < 0))
|
||
break;
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
num = re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
|
||
case '#':
|
||
if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
|
||
break;
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num & 0x7)
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
if (num < 0)
|
||
opcode |= 1;
|
||
num &= 0x1fff;
|
||
num >>= 3;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
|
||
case 'd':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num & 0x3)
|
||
break;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
if (num < 0)
|
||
opcode |= 1;
|
||
num &= 0x1fff;
|
||
num >>= 2;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'j':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'k':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 21;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
|
||
case 'l':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
|
||
case 'y':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
|
||
case '&':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
||
CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
|
||
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
||
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
||
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
||
#endif
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
||
the_insn.format = 14;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
|
||
case 'w':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
|
||
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
||
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
||
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
||
num -= 8;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
the_insn.format = 12;
|
||
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
||
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
|
||
case 'W':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
|
||
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
||
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
||
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
||
num -= 8;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
the_insn.format = 17;
|
||
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
||
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
|
||
case 'X':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
|
||
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
||
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
||
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
||
num -= 8;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
||
the_insn.format = 22;
|
||
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
||
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
|
||
case 'z':
|
||
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
||
get_expression (s);
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
the_insn.pcrel = 0;
|
||
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
||
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
||
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
||
{
|
||
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
||
if (num % 4)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
||
num -= 8;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
|
||
opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
|
||
the_insn.format = 17;
|
||
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
||
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
|
||
case 'Z':
|
||
if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
|
||
&& (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
|
||
{
|
||
s += 4;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
|
||
case 'Y':
|
||
if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
s += 9;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
|
||
case '@':
|
||
if (*s != '0')
|
||
break;
|
||
s++;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
|
||
case '.':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
|
||
case '*':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
|
||
case 'p':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
|
||
case '~':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
num = 63 - num;
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
|
||
case '%':
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
num--;
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
|
||
num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
|
||
case '|':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
num--;
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
|
||
num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
|
||
case 'P':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
|
||
case 'q':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
|
||
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
|
||
of the high bit of the immediate. */
|
||
case 'B':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
|
||
if (num & 0x20)
|
||
opcode &= ~(1 << 13);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
|
||
case 'Q':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
|
||
case '$':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
|
||
case 'A':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
|
||
case 'D':
|
||
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
|
||
case 'v':
|
||
if (*s++ != ',')
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
|
||
case 'O':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
|
||
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
|
||
case 'o':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
|
||
case '0':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
|
||
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
|
||
case '1':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
|
||
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
|
||
case 'u':
|
||
if (*s++ != ',')
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
|
||
case '2':
|
||
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
||
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
||
break;
|
||
s = expr_parse_end;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
|
||
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
|
||
case '{':
|
||
if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
|
||
{
|
||
the_insn.trunc = 1;
|
||
s += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
the_insn.trunc = 0;
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
||
if (flag == W || flag == UW)
|
||
flag = SGL;
|
||
if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
|
||
flag = DBL;
|
||
if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
|
||
flag = QUAD;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
|
||
case '_':
|
||
/* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
|
||
s--;
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
|
||
if (flag == W || flag == UW)
|
||
flag = SGL;
|
||
if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
|
||
flag = DBL;
|
||
if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
|
||
flag = QUAD;
|
||
opcode |= flag << 13;
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
|
||
{
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
|
||
flag = 0;
|
||
else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
|
||
flag = 2;
|
||
else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
|
||
flag = 6;
|
||
else
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == DW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
|
||
{
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
|
||
flag = 1;
|
||
else
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
|
||
{
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|
||
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
|
||
flag = 5;
|
||
else
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
flag |= the_insn.trunc;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
|
||
case 'F':
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
|
||
case 'G':
|
||
/* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
|
||
s--;
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
|
||
case 'I':
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
||
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
|
||
Only allows single and double precision. */
|
||
case 'H':
|
||
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
||
switch (flag)
|
||
{
|
||
case SGL:
|
||
opcode |= 0x20;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
case DBL:
|
||
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
case QUAD:
|
||
case ILLEGAL_FMT:
|
||
default:
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle all floating point registers. */
|
||
case 'f':
|
||
switch (*++args)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Float target register. */
|
||
case 't':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
|
||
break;
|
||
/* RSEL should not be set. */
|
||
if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL)
|
||
break;
|
||
num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Float target register with L/R selection. */
|
||
case 'T':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num;
|
||
|
||
/* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
|
||
and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
|
||
is not necessary for loads/stores. */
|
||
if (need_pa11_opcode ()
|
||
&& ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 1. */
|
||
case 'a':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 21;
|
||
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
|
||
case 'X':
|
||
case 'A':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 21;
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 2. */
|
||
case 'b':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 16;
|
||
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
|
||
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
|
||
case 'B':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 16;
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
|
||
case 'C':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
|
||
opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'i':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'j':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'k':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'l':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
||
case 'm':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (num < 16)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
num &= 0xF;
|
||
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
|
||
case 'E':
|
||
case 'e':
|
||
{
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
opcode |= num << 16;
|
||
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
|
||
{
|
||
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
|
||
break;
|
||
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
||
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
||
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
|
||
then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
|
||
for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
|
||
if (match
|
||
&& bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
|
||
&& !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
|
||
match = false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
failed:
|
||
/* Check if the args matched. */
|
||
if (!match)
|
||
{
|
||
if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
|
||
&& !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
|
||
{
|
||
++insn;
|
||
s = argstart;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (immediate_check)
|
||
{
|
||
if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
|
||
as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
|
||
pos, len);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
the_insn.opcode = opcode;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_assemble (char *str)
|
||
{
|
||
char *to;
|
||
|
||
/* The had better be something to assemble. */
|
||
gas_assert (str);
|
||
|
||
/* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
|
||
defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
|
||
label was defined after the .PROC directive.
|
||
|
||
Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
|
||
for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
|
||
into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
|
||
if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
|
||
{
|
||
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
|
||
|= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
|
||
information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
|
||
if (within_entry_exit)
|
||
{
|
||
char *where;
|
||
unsigned int u;
|
||
|
||
where = frag_more (0);
|
||
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
||
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
|
||
pa_ip (str);
|
||
|
||
/* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
|
||
to = frag_more (4);
|
||
|
||
/* Output the opcode. */
|
||
md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
|
||
|
||
/* If necessary output more stuff. */
|
||
if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
|
||
(offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
|
||
(int) the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
|
||
the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
|
||
alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_align (int bytes)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
|
||
/* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
|
||
s_align_bytes (bytes);
|
||
|
||
/* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
|
||
alignment if necessary. */
|
||
if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
|
||
record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int temp_size;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
|
||
if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
|
||
temp_size = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
|
||
char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
|
||
*p = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
|
||
the beginning and end of branch tables). */
|
||
char *where = frag_more (0);
|
||
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
||
0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
|
||
e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
expressionS exp;
|
||
char *where = frag_more (0);
|
||
|
||
if (! begin)
|
||
expression (&exp);
|
||
|
||
/* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
|
||
the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
|
||
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
|
||
0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
|
||
e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
|
||
where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
|
||
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
/* Process a source argument. */
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
temp = atoi (name + 4);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
|
||
call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Process a return value. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
|
||
call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
|
||
about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
|
||
(and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
|
||
attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
|
||
R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
|
||
of the unwind spaces. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *seg, *save_seg;
|
||
subsegT save_subseg;
|
||
unsigned int unwind;
|
||
int reloc;
|
||
char *name, *p;
|
||
symbolS *symbolP;
|
||
|
||
if ((bfd_section_flags (now_seg)
|
||
& (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
|
||
!= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
||
/* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
|
||
to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
|
||
multiple definitions, etc. */
|
||
name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol),
|
||
(char *) NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
|
||
already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
|
||
entry. */
|
||
symbolP = symbol_find (name);
|
||
if (symbolP)
|
||
{
|
||
xfree (name);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
|
||
symbol_get_frag (call_info->start_symbol),
|
||
S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol));
|
||
gas_assert (symbolP);
|
||
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
|
||
symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
|
||
save_seg = now_seg;
|
||
save_subseg = now_subseg;
|
||
/* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
|
||
the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
|
||
old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
|
||
seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
|
||
if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (seg, (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA));
|
||
bfd_set_section_alignment (seg, 2);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
subseg_set (seg, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
|
||
descriptor. */
|
||
p = frag_more (16);
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
|
||
symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
|
||
(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
|
||
e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
|
||
|
||
Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
|
||
reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
|
||
symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
|
||
value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
|
||
finished with its work. */
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
|
||
call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
|
||
(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
|
||
e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Dump the descriptor. */
|
||
unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
|
||
|
||
unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
|
||
|
||
/* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
|
||
subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
|
||
to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
|
||
.ENTER and .LEAVE. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
int temp;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
|
||
if (!within_procedure)
|
||
as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
|
||
|
||
/* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
|
||
current procedure. */
|
||
callinfo_found = true;
|
||
|
||
/* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
/* Frame size specification. */
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
|
||
temp = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
/* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
|
||
even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
|
||
the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
|
||
if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
|
||
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
/* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
|
||
though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
|
||
if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
|
||
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
if (temp != 3)
|
||
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
|
||
}
|
||
/* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0)
|
||
|| (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Likewise for SP. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
|
||
in the unwind descriptor. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
|
||
unwind descriptor. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
|
||
assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
|
||
accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
|
||
to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
|
||
label when finished. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_text (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
s_data (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
|
||
the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
|
||
|
||
<label> .comm <length>
|
||
|
||
where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
|
||
a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
|
||
expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
|
||
and subspace.
|
||
|
||
Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
|
||
|
||
This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
|
||
on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
|
||
of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
|
||
the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
|
||
a pain.
|
||
|
||
This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int size;
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
else
|
||
symbol = NULL;
|
||
|
||
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
||
size = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
|
||
if (symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
|
||
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
|
||
S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
|
||
|
||
/* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
|
||
current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
|
||
fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
|
||
symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
|
||
procedure. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (!within_procedure)
|
||
as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!callinfo_found)
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
within_entry_exit = true;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
|
||
The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
|
||
to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
|
||
for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
|
||
|
||
FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
|
||
is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
|
||
if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
|
||
denote the entry and exit points. */
|
||
if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
char *where;
|
||
unsigned int u;
|
||
|
||
where = frag_more (0);
|
||
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
||
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
|
||
being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
|
||
registers, to get the size of the range. */
|
||
static int fudge_reg_expressions;
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
|
||
operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
expressionS *rightP)
|
||
{
|
||
if (fudge_reg_expressions
|
||
&& resultP
|
||
&& rightP->X_op == O_register
|
||
&& resultP->X_op == O_register)
|
||
{
|
||
rightP->X_op = O_constant;
|
||
resultP->X_op = O_constant;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_equ (int reg)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
if (reg)
|
||
{
|
||
strict = 1;
|
||
if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
|
||
as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
|
||
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
expressionS exp;
|
||
segT seg;
|
||
|
||
fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
|
||
seg = expression (&exp);
|
||
fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
|
||
if (exp.X_op != O_constant
|
||
&& exp.X_op != O_register)
|
||
{
|
||
if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
|
||
as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
|
||
exp.X_add_number = 0;
|
||
seg = absolute_section;
|
||
}
|
||
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (reg)
|
||
as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
|
||
the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
|
||
{
|
||
/* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
|
||
temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
|
||
char *name;
|
||
symbolS *symbolP;
|
||
|
||
if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We have already warned about a missing label,
|
||
or other problems. */
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol),
|
||
(char *) NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
|
||
symbol will have already been defined. */
|
||
symbolP = symbol_find (name);
|
||
if (symbolP)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The symbol has already been defined! This can
|
||
happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
|
||
|
||
This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
|
||
the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
|
||
xfree (name);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* symbol value should be the offset of the
|
||
last instruction of the function */
|
||
symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, frag_now, frag_now_fix () - 4);
|
||
|
||
gas_assert (symbolP);
|
||
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
|
||
symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (symbolP)
|
||
last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
|
||
usually involves creating some relocations or building special
|
||
symbols to mark the end of the function. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
process_exit (void)
|
||
{
|
||
char *where;
|
||
|
||
where = frag_more (0);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
|
||
for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
|
||
to add an entry in the unwind table. */
|
||
(void) where;
|
||
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
|
||
pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
|
||
#else
|
||
/* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
|
||
The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
|
||
to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
|
||
for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
|
||
|
||
FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
|
||
is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
|
||
if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
|
||
denote the entry and exit points. */
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0,
|
||
NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
|
||
UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (!within_procedure)
|
||
as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!callinfo_found)
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!within_entry_exit)
|
||
as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
within_entry_exit = false;
|
||
process_exit ();
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
|
||
pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
|
||
asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
|
||
|
||
if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 8;
|
||
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 4;
|
||
/* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
|
||
instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
|
||
|
||
Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
|
||
done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
|
||
silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
|
||
if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
|
||
{
|
||
if (is_export)
|
||
as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
|
||
S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
|
||
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 4;
|
||
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 5;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 9;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
{
|
||
elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
|
||
elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
|
||
ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
|
||
STT_PARISC_MILLI);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 6;
|
||
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 8;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 8;
|
||
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
|
||
than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
|
||
to the SOM BFD backend. */
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
|
||
obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
|
||
#else
|
||
(void) type;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
|
||
handle any argument relocation information. */
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
/* Argument sources. */
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = atoi (name + 4);
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
|
||
symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
|
||
#else
|
||
(void) arg_reloc;
|
||
#endif
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
/* The return value. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
|
||
symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
|
||
#else
|
||
(void) arg_reloc;
|
||
#endif
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Privilege level. */
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
char *priv;
|
||
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
|
||
#endif
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&priv);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
|
||
and provides information such as argument relocation entries
|
||
to callers. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
/* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
|
||
if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
|
||
restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
|
||
For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
|
||
S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
|
||
Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
|
||
set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
|
||
S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
|
||
assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
|
||
explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
|
||
symbol = symbol_find (name);
|
||
/* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
|
||
in which case all the code below will really screw things up
|
||
(set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
|
||
if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
|
||
{
|
||
symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
|
||
poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
|
||
the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
|
||
matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
|
||
if (now_seg == text_section)
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
|
||
/* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
|
||
Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
|
||
the end of the current statement. */
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
|
||
if (strlen (name) > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
colon (name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
|
||
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *level;
|
||
|
||
level = input_line_pointer;
|
||
if (startswith (level, "1.0"))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 3;
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (startswith (level, "1.1"))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 3;
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (startswith (level, "2.0w"))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 4;
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (startswith (level, "2.0"))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 3;
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
|
||
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_org (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
|
||
is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c;
|
||
symbolS *symbol;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
|
||
if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
|
||
of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
struct call_info *call_info;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (within_procedure)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
|
||
|
||
/* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
|
||
callinfo_found = false;
|
||
within_procedure = true;
|
||
|
||
/* Create another call_info structure. */
|
||
call_info = XNEW (struct call_info);
|
||
|
||
if (!call_info)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
|
||
|
||
memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
|
||
|
||
call_info->ci_next = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (call_info_root == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
call_info_root = call_info;
|
||
last_call_info = call_info;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
|
||
last_call_info = call_info;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* set up defaults on call_info structure */
|
||
|
||
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
|
||
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
|
||
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
|
||
locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
|
||
{
|
||
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
|
||
appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
|
||
defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
|
||
label was defined after the .PROC directive.
|
||
|
||
Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
|
||
for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
|
||
into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
|
||
if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
||
|
||
if (label_symbol)
|
||
{
|
||
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
|
||
{
|
||
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
|
||
|= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
|
||
information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
|
||
if (within_entry_exit)
|
||
{
|
||
char *where;
|
||
unsigned int u;
|
||
|
||
where = frag_more (0);
|
||
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
||
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
||
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
||
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!within_procedure)
|
||
as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
|
||
|
||
if (!callinfo_found)
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
|
||
|
||
if (within_entry_exit)
|
||
as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
|
||
the size of the function (apparently it's needed in the symbol table). */
|
||
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
within_procedure = false;
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
|
||
return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
exact_log2 (int value)
|
||
{
|
||
int shift = 0;
|
||
|
||
while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
|
||
shift++;
|
||
|
||
if (shift >= 32)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
else
|
||
return shift;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
|
||
{
|
||
if (current_space == NULL)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
|
||
|
||
if (current_subspace == NULL)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
|
||
then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
|
||
by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, *ptemp, c;
|
||
char loadable, defined, private, sort;
|
||
int spnum;
|
||
asection *seg = NULL;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
||
|
||
/* Load default values. */
|
||
spnum = 0;
|
||
sort = 0;
|
||
loadable = true;
|
||
defined = true;
|
||
private = false;
|
||
if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
|
||
defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
|
||
private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
|
||
sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
|
||
spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
|
||
defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
|
||
private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
|
||
sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
|
||
spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
print_errors = false;
|
||
ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
|
||
/* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
|
||
as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
|
||
the line should be ignored. */
|
||
strict = 0;
|
||
pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
|
||
if (pa_number >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
spnum = pa_number;
|
||
input_line_pointer = ptemp;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
sort = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
loadable = false;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
defined = false;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
private = true;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
print_errors = true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
|
||
seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
|
||
the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
|
||
an already existing space -- this can only happen for
|
||
the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
|
||
if (create_flag)
|
||
space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
|
||
private, sort, seg, 1);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
space = is_defined_space (space_name);
|
||
SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
|
||
SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
|
||
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
|
||
obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return space;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
|
||
given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
|
||
|
||
if (within_procedure)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
|
||
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
|
||
below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
|
||
and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
|
||
/* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
|
||
What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
|
||
if (startswith (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$"))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 6;
|
||
sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
|
||
if (sd_chain == NULL)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
|
||
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
|
||
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (startswith (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$"))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += 9;
|
||
sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
|
||
if (sd_chain == NULL)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
|
||
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
|
||
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
|
||
GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
|
||
strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
|
||
sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
|
||
if (sd_chain == NULL)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
|
||
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
|
||
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
asection *gdb_section
|
||
= bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
|
||
|
||
subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
}
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* It could be a space specified by number. */
|
||
print_errors = 0;
|
||
save_s = input_line_pointer;
|
||
strict = 0;
|
||
pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
|
||
if (pa_number >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
|
||
{
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
|
||
subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace
|
||
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
|
||
print_errors = 1;
|
||
input_line_pointer = save_s;
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
space_name = xstrdup (name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
|
||
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
|
||
current_space = sd_chain;
|
||
|
||
subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
|
||
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name;
|
||
char c;
|
||
char *p;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
||
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
space = is_defined_space (name);
|
||
if (space)
|
||
{
|
||
p = frag_more (4);
|
||
md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
|
||
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
|
||
given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
|
||
|
||
FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
|
||
they're broken up into subroutines. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_subspace (int create_new)
|
||
{
|
||
char *name, *ss_name, c;
|
||
char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
|
||
int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
|
||
asection *section;
|
||
|
||
if (current_space == NULL)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
|
||
|
||
if (within_procedure)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
|
||
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
ss_name = xstrdup (name);
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
|
||
/* Load default values. */
|
||
sort = 0;
|
||
access_ctr = 0x7f;
|
||
loadable = 1;
|
||
comdat = 0;
|
||
common = 0;
|
||
dup_common = 0;
|
||
code_only = 0;
|
||
zero = 0;
|
||
space_index = ~0;
|
||
alignment = 1;
|
||
quadrant = 0;
|
||
|
||
space = current_space;
|
||
if (create_new)
|
||
ssd = NULL;
|
||
else
|
||
ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
|
||
/* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
|
||
only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
|
||
if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
|
||
{
|
||
subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
|
||
current_subspace = ssd;
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
|
||
the builtin subspaces. */
|
||
i = 0;
|
||
while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
|
||
{
|
||
if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
|
||
comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
|
||
common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
|
||
dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
|
||
code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
|
||
zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
|
||
space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
|
||
alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
|
||
quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
|
||
access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
|
||
sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
|
||
any information as specified by the user. */
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
{
|
||
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
||
if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
|
||
{
|
||
as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
|
||
alignment = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
sort = get_absolute_expression ();
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
code_only = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
loadable = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
comdat = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
common = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
dup_common = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
||
zero = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
|
||
as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
|
||
else
|
||
as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
|
||
|
||
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
||
input_line_pointer++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
|
||
in the .subspace directive. */
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
flags = 0;
|
||
if (loadable)
|
||
flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
|
||
if (code_only)
|
||
flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
||
|
||
/* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
|
||
common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
|
||
have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
|
||
GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
|
||
are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
|
||
sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
|
||
common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
|
||
correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
|
||
if (comdat || common || dup_common)
|
||
flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
|
||
|
||
flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
||
|
||
/* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
|
||
if (zero)
|
||
flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
||
|
||
applicable &= flags;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
|
||
segment already associated with the subspace.
|
||
|
||
FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
|
||
lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
|
||
code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
|
||
but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
|
||
if (create_new)
|
||
section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
|
||
else if (ssd)
|
||
section = ssd->ssd_seg;
|
||
else
|
||
section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
|
||
|
||
if (zero)
|
||
seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* Now set the flags. */
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (section, applicable);
|
||
|
||
/* Record any alignment request for this section. */
|
||
record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
|
||
|
||
/* Set the starting offset for this section. */
|
||
bfd_set_section_vma (section, pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
|
||
|
||
/* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
|
||
or create a new one. */
|
||
if (ssd)
|
||
|
||
current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
|
||
code_only, comdat, common,
|
||
dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
|
||
space_index, alignment, quadrant,
|
||
section);
|
||
else
|
||
current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
|
||
code_only, comdat, common,
|
||
dup_common, zero, sort,
|
||
access_ctr, space_index,
|
||
alignment, quadrant, section);
|
||
|
||
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
||
current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
|
||
subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
|
||
}
|
||
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_spaces_begin (void)
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
space_dict_root = NULL;
|
||
space_dict_last = NULL;
|
||
|
||
i = 0;
|
||
while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
|
||
/* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
|
||
name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
|
||
|
||
pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
|
||
create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
|
||
pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
|
||
pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
|
||
pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
i = 0;
|
||
while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
int applicable, subsegment;
|
||
asection *segment = NULL;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
||
|
||
/* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
|
||
subsegment number. */
|
||
name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
|
||
subsegment = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Create the new section. */
|
||
segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
|
||
|
||
/* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
|
||
sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
|
||
all the built-in subspaces. */
|
||
if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
|
||
{
|
||
text_section = segment;
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
|
||
| SEC_READONLY
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
|
||
{
|
||
data_section = segment;
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
|
||
{
|
||
bss_section = segment;
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
||
applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
|
||
{
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC
|
||
| SEC_READONLY
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
|
||
{
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC
|
||
| SEC_READONLY
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
|
||
{
|
||
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
||
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
||
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_RELOC
|
||
| SEC_READONLY
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
|
||
space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
|
||
def_space_index].segment);
|
||
if (space == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
create_new_subspace (space, name,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
|
||
pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
|
||
segment);
|
||
i++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
|
||
by the given parameters. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
create_new_space (const char *name,
|
||
int spnum,
|
||
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int defined,
|
||
int private,
|
||
int sort,
|
||
asection *seg,
|
||
int user_defined)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct);
|
||
SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
|
||
SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
|
||
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
|
||
SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
|
||
chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
|
||
chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
|
||
chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
|
||
if (!space_dict_last)
|
||
space_dict_last = chain_entry;
|
||
|
||
if (space_dict_root == NULL)
|
||
space_dict_root = chain_entry;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
|
||
sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
|
||
|
||
chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
|
||
prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
|
||
|
||
while (chain_pointer)
|
||
{
|
||
prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
|
||
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
|
||
entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
|
||
if (prev_chain_pointer)
|
||
{
|
||
chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
|
||
prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
space_dict_root = chain_entry;
|
||
chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
|
||
space_dict_last = chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
|
||
modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
|
||
the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
|
||
the user modifies a predefined space. */
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
|
||
obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
|
||
by the given parameters.
|
||
|
||
Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
|
||
order as defined by the SORT entries. */
|
||
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
||
create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
|
||
const char *name,
|
||
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int comdat,
|
||
int common,
|
||
int dup_common,
|
||
int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int sort,
|
||
int access_ctr,
|
||
int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int quadrant,
|
||
asection *seg)
|
||
{
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct);
|
||
SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
|
||
we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
|
||
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
|
||
if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
|
||
space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
|
||
|
||
chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
|
||
prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
|
||
|
||
while (chain_pointer)
|
||
{
|
||
prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
|
||
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
|
||
the links. */
|
||
if (prev_chain_pointer)
|
||
{
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
|
||
prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
|
||
chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
|
||
obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
|
||
quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
|
||
various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
|
||
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
||
update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
|
||
char *name,
|
||
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int comdat,
|
||
int common,
|
||
int dup_common,
|
||
int sort,
|
||
int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int access_ctr,
|
||
int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
int quadrant,
|
||
asection *section)
|
||
{
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
|
||
|
||
chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
|
||
obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
|
||
quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return chain_entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
|
||
NULL if no such space exists. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
is_defined_space (const char *name)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
|
||
|
||
for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
|
||
chain_pointer;
|
||
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
|
||
if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
|
||
return chain_pointer;
|
||
|
||
/* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
|
||
from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
|
||
|
||
Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
|
||
so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
||
|
||
/* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
|
||
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
||
space_chain;
|
||
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
||
if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
|
||
return space_chain;
|
||
|
||
/* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
|
||
NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
|
||
|
||
When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
|
||
the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
|
||
For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
|
||
COMDAT data.
|
||
|
||
Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
|
||
not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
|
||
own subspace. */
|
||
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
||
is_defined_subspace (const char *name)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
|
||
|
||
/* Walk through each space. */
|
||
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
||
space_chain;
|
||
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
|
||
for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
|
||
subspace_chain;
|
||
subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
|
||
if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
|
||
return subspace_chain;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
|
||
mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
|
||
|
||
If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
|
||
(to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
|
||
to become more efficient. */
|
||
|
||
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
||
pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
||
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
|
||
|
||
/* Walk through each space. */
|
||
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
||
space_chain;
|
||
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
|
||
the correct mapping. */
|
||
for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
|
||
subspace_chain;
|
||
subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
|
||
if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
|
||
return subspace_chain;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
|
||
|
||
Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
|
||
that was found or NULL on failure. */
|
||
|
||
static sd_chain_struct *
|
||
pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
|
||
{
|
||
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
||
|
||
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
||
space_chain;
|
||
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
|
||
return space_chain;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
|
||
address is unknown then return zero. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
|
||
{
|
||
/* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
|
||
is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
|
||
if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
|
||
return 0x40000000;
|
||
else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
|
||
return 0x40000000;
|
||
else
|
||
return 0;
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
|
||
a string. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
|
||
|
||
switch (c)
|
||
{
|
||
case '\"':
|
||
c = NOT_A_CHAR;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
return c;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_stringer (int append_zero)
|
||
{
|
||
char *s, num_buf[4];
|
||
unsigned int c;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
/* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
|
||
For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
|
||
changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Skip the opening quote. */
|
||
s = input_line_pointer + 1;
|
||
|
||
while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
|
||
{
|
||
if (c == '\\')
|
||
{
|
||
c = *s;
|
||
switch (c)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Handle \x<num>. */
|
||
case 'x':
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int number;
|
||
int num_digit;
|
||
char dg;
|
||
char *s_start = s;
|
||
|
||
/* Get past the 'x'. */
|
||
s++;
|
||
for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
|
||
num_digit < 2
|
||
&& (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
|
||
|| (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
|
||
num_digit++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ISDIGIT (dg))
|
||
number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
|
||
else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
|
||
number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
|
||
else
|
||
number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
|
||
|
||
s++;
|
||
dg = *s;
|
||
}
|
||
if (num_digit > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (num_digit)
|
||
{
|
||
case 1:
|
||
sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
|
||
break;
|
||
case 2:
|
||
sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
|
||
s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
/* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
|
||
default:
|
||
s++;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
stringer (8 + append_zero);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
obj_version (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
obj_som_compiler (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
obj_copyright (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
|
||
the latest space label. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_cons (int nbytes)
|
||
{
|
||
cons (nbytes);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_float_cons (int float_type)
|
||
{
|
||
float_cons (float_type);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_fill (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_lcomm (needs_align);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
||
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
s_lsym (0);
|
||
pa_undefine_label ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
|
||
set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
md_begin (void)
|
||
{
|
||
int lose = 0;
|
||
unsigned int i = 0;
|
||
|
||
last_call_info = NULL;
|
||
call_info_root = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Set the default machine type. */
|
||
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
|
||
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
||
|
||
/* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
|
||
Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
|
||
if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
|
||
{
|
||
as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
|
||
flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
pa_spaces_begin ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
op_hash = str_htab_create ();
|
||
|
||
while (i < NUMOPCODES)
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
|
||
|
||
if (str_hash_insert (op_hash, name, &pa_opcodes[i], 0) != NULL)
|
||
as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
|
||
|
||
do
|
||
{
|
||
if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
|
||
!= pa_opcodes[i].match)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
|
||
pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
|
||
lose = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
++i;
|
||
}
|
||
while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (lose)
|
||
as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
/* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
|
||
anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
|
||
subseg_set (text_section, 0);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
|
||
S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
|
||
/* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
|
||
adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
|
||
relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
|
||
|
||
"T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
|
||
globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
|
||
an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
|
||
the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
|
||
with the address of "foo").
|
||
|
||
Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
|
||
when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
|
||
$LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
|
||
|
||
The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
|
||
any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
|
||
selectors).
|
||
|
||
??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
|
||
reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
reloc_type code;
|
||
#endif
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
|
||
|
||
hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
|
||
types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
|
||
even if they occur with a different selector. */
|
||
code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput,
|
||
(int) fixp->fx_r_type,
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
|
||
|
||
switch (code)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
|
||
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
|
||
|
||
/* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
|
||
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
||
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
||
return 0;
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
|
||
the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
|
||
|
||
XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
|
||
for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
|
||
supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_addsy
|
||
&& fixp->fx_subsy
|
||
&& (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
|
||
|
||
If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
|
||
adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
|
||
the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
|
||
but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
|
||
"ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
|
||
addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
|
||
it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
|
||
sum to the right value.
|
||
|
||
eg. Suppose we have
|
||
. ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
|
||
. ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
|
||
. ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
|
||
|
||
If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
|
||
reducing to the section symbol we get
|
||
. LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
|
||
. RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
|
||
. RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
|
||
and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
|
||
multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
|
||
|
||
In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
|
||
will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
|
||
addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
|
||
linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
|
||
above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
|
||
|
||
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
|
||
relocations with plabels. */
|
||
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
|
||
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
|
||
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
|
||
even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
|
||
within GAS. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
|
||
{
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
|
||
|
||
hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
|
||
|| (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
|
||
&& (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
|
||
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
|
||
linking works. */
|
||
if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
/* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
|
||
entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
|
||
call stub. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_pcrel
|
||
&& arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
|
||
hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
/* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
|
||
{
|
||
long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
|
||
valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
|
||
|
||
distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
|
||
|
||
/* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
|
||
but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
|
||
min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
if (last_call_info != NULL)
|
||
min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
|
||
&& min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
|
||
|| (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
|
||
&& distance + 262144 >= 524288
|
||
&& min_stub_distance <= 262144)
|
||
|| (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
|
||
&& distance + 8192 >= 16384
|
||
&& min_stub_distance <= 8192)
|
||
)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
/* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
|
||
field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
|
||
call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
|
||
difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
|
||
{
|
||
struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
|
||
|
||
for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
|
||
call_info_pointer;
|
||
call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
|
||
{
|
||
elf_symbol_type *esym
|
||
= ((elf_symbol_type *)
|
||
symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
|
||
esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
|
||
S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
|
||
- S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
struct fix *new_fix;
|
||
|
||
new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_entry ();
|
||
|
||
if (new_fix)
|
||
{
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
|
||
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
|
||
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
|
||
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
|
||
new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
struct fix *new_fix;
|
||
|
||
new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_inherit ();
|
||
|
||
if (new_fix)
|
||
{
|
||
struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
|
||
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
|
||
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
|
||
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
|
||
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
|
||
new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
|
||
are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
|
||
dependent tables? */
|
||
const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
|
||
{
|
||
/* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
|
||
not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"align", pa_align, 8},
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
{"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
|
||
{"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
|
||
{"block", pa_block, 1},
|
||
{"blockz", pa_block, 0},
|
||
{"byte", pa_cons, 1},
|
||
{"call", pa_call, 0},
|
||
{"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
|
||
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
|
||
{"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
|
||
#else
|
||
{"code", pa_text, 0},
|
||
{"comm", pa_comm, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
{"data", pa_data, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
|
||
{"dword", pa_cons, 8},
|
||
{"end", pa_end, 0},
|
||
{"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
{"end_try", pa_try, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"enter", pa_enter, 0},
|
||
{"entry", pa_entry, 0},
|
||
{"equ", pa_equ, 0},
|
||
{"exit", pa_exit, 0},
|
||
{"export", pa_export, 0},
|
||
{"fill", pa_fill, 0},
|
||
{"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
|
||
{"half", pa_cons, 2},
|
||
{"import", pa_import, 0},
|
||
{"int", pa_cons, 4},
|
||
{"label", pa_label, 0},
|
||
{"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
|
||
{"leave", pa_leave, 0},
|
||
{"level", pa_level, 0},
|
||
{"long", pa_cons, 4},
|
||
{"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"octa", pa_cons, 16},
|
||
{"org", pa_origin, 0},
|
||
{"origin", pa_origin, 0},
|
||
{"param", pa_param, 0},
|
||
{"proc", pa_proc, 0},
|
||
{"procend", pa_procend, 0},
|
||
{"quad", pa_cons, 8},
|
||
{"reg", pa_equ, 1},
|
||
{"short", pa_cons, 2},
|
||
{"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"space", pa_space, 0},
|
||
{"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"string", pa_stringer, 0},
|
||
{"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
||
{"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
||
{"text", pa_text, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"version", pa_version, 0},
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
{"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
|
||
{"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
|
||
#endif
|
||
{"word", pa_cons, 4},
|
||
{NULL, 0, 0}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
||
void
|
||
hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
|
||
{
|
||
cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int regnum = -1;
|
||
unsigned int i;
|
||
const char *p;
|
||
char *q;
|
||
static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{ "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
|
||
if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
|
||
return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
|
||
|
||
if (regname[0] == 'r')
|
||
{
|
||
p = regname + 1;
|
||
regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
|
||
if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
|
||
{
|
||
p = regname + 2;
|
||
regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
|
||
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
||
if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
regnum += 32 - 4;
|
||
#else
|
||
if (p == q
|
||
|| (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
|
||
|| regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
|
||
if (*q == 'R')
|
||
regnum++;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
return regnum;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|